[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* PROJECT: ReactOS Setup Library
|
|
|
|
* LICENSE: GPL-2.0+ (https://spdx.org/licenses/GPL-2.0+)
|
|
|
|
* PURPOSE: Partition list functions
|
2018-05-27 19:33:07 +00:00
|
|
|
* COPYRIGHT: Copyright 2003-2018 Casper S. Hornstrup (chorns@users.sourceforge.net)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "precomp.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <ntddscsi.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "partlist.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "fsutil.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define NDEBUG
|
|
|
|
#include <debug.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//#define DUMP_PARTITION_TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <pshpack1.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
typedef struct _REG_DISK_MOUNT_INFO
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ULONG Signature;
|
|
|
|
LARGE_INTEGER StartingOffset;
|
|
|
|
} REG_DISK_MOUNT_INFO, *PREG_DISK_MOUNT_INFO;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <poppack.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/* HELPERS FOR PARTITION TYPES **********************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This partition type list was ripped from the kernelDisk.c module of
|
|
|
|
* the Visopsys Operating System (see license below), and completed with
|
|
|
|
* information from Paragon Hard-Disk Manager, and the following websites:
|
|
|
|
* http://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/partitions/partition_types-1.html
|
|
|
|
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Partition_type#List_of_partition_IDs
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* kernelDisk.c
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Visopsys Operating System
|
|
|
|
* Copyright (C) 1998-2015 J. Andrew McLaughlin
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
|
|
|
* under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
|
|
|
|
* Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
|
|
|
|
* any later version.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
|
|
|
|
* WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
|
|
|
|
* or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
|
|
|
* for more details.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
|
|
|
|
* with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
|
|
|
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is a table for keeping known partition type codes and descriptions */
|
|
|
|
PARTITION_TYPE PartitionTypes[NUM_PARTITION_TYPE_ENTRIES] =
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
{ 0x00, "(Empty)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x01, "FAT12" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x02, "XENIX root" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x03, "XENIX usr" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x04, "FAT16 (< 32 MB)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x05, "Extended" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x06, "FAT16" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x07, "NTFS/HPFS/exFAT" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x08, "OS/2 or AIX boot" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x09, "AIX data" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x0A, "OS/2 Boot Manager" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x0B, "FAT32" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x0C, "FAT32 (LBA)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x0E, "FAT16 (LBA)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x0F, "Extended (LBA)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x10, "OPUS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x11, "Hidden FAT12" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x12, "FAT diagnostic (Compaq)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x13, "BTRON" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x14, "Hidden FAT16 (< 32 MB)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x16, "Hidden FAT16" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x17, "Hidden HPFS or NTFS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x18, "AST SmartSleep" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x1B, "Hidden FAT32" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x1C, "Hidden FAT32 (LBA)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x1E, "Hidden FAT16 (LBA)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x24, "NEC DOS 3.x" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x27, "Hidden WinRE NTFS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x2A, "AtheOS File System (AFS)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x2B, "SyllableSecure (SylStor)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x32, "NOS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x35, "JFS on OS/2 or eCS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x38, "THEOS v3.2 2GB partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x39, "Plan 9" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x3A, "THEOS v4 4GB partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x3B, "THEOS v4 extended partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x3C, "PartitionMagic recovery partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x3D, "Hidden NetWare" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x40, "Lynx" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x41, "PowerPC PReP boot" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x42, "Win2K Dynamic Volume extended" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x43, "Old Linux" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x44, "GoBack" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x45, "Priam or Boot-US Boot Manager" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x4D, "QNX4.x" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x4E, "QNX4.x 2nd partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x4F, "QNX4.x 3rd partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x50, "OnTrack Disk Manager R/O" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x51, "OnTrack Disk Manager R/W or Novell" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x52, "CP/M" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x53, "OnTrack DM6 Aux3" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x54, "OnTrack DM6 Dynamic Drive Overlay" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x55, "EZ-Drive" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x56, "Golden Bow VFeature Partitioned Volume" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x5C, "Priam EDisk" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x61, "SpeedStor" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x62, "Pick" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x63, "GNU HURD or Unix System V (SCO, ISC Unix, UnixWare)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x64, "Novell NetWare 286, 2.xx" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x65, "Novell NetWare 386, 3.xx or 4.xx" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x66, "Novell NetWare SMS Partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x67, "Novell" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x68, "Novell" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x69, "Novell NetWare 5+" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x70, "DiskSecure Multi-Boot" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x75, "IBM PC/IX" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x7E, "Veritas VxVM public" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x7F, "Veritas VxVM private" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x80, "Old MINIX" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x81, "Linux or MINIX" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x82, "Linux swap or Solaris" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x83, "Linux Native" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x84, "Hibernate" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x85, "Extended Linux" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x86, "FAT16 mirrored" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x87, "HPFS or NTFS mirrored" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x88, "Linux plaintext partition table" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x8B, "FAT32 mirrored" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x8C, "FAT32 (LBA) mirrored" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x8E, "Linux LVM" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x93, "Hidden Linux" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x94, "Amoeba BBT" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x96, "CDFS/ISO-9660" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0x9F, "BSD/OS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xA0, "Laptop Hibernate" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xA1, "Laptop Hibernate (NEC 6000H)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xA5, "BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xA6, "OpenBSD" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xA7, "NeXTStep" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xA8, "Darwin UFS" }, // Also known as "OS-X"
|
|
|
|
{ 0xA9, "NetBSD" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xAB, "Darwin boot" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xAF, "Apple HFS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xB6, "NT FAT16 corrupt mirror" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xB7, "BSDI BSD/386 FS" }, // Alternatively, "NT NTFS corrupt mirror"
|
|
|
|
{ 0xB8, "BSDI BSD/386 swap" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xBB, "Boot Wizard hidden" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xBC, "Paragon Backup capsule" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xBE, "Solaris 8 boot partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xBF, "Solaris 10 x86" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xC0, "NTFT" }, // Alternatively, "CTOS" or "REAL/32 or DR-DOS or Novell-DOS secure partition"
|
|
|
|
{ 0xC1, "DR-DOS FAT12" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xC2, "Hidden Linux" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xC3, "Hidden Linux swap" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xC4, "DR-DOS FAT16 (< 32 MB)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xC5, "DR-DOS Extended" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xC6, "DR-DOS FAT16" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xC7, "HPFS mirrored" }, // Alternatively, "Syrinx boot"
|
|
|
|
{ 0xCB, "DR-DOS FAT32" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xCC, "DR-DOS FAT32 (LBA)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xCE, "DR-DOS FAT16 (LBA)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xD0, "MDOS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xD1, "MDOS FAT12" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xD4, "MDOS FAT16 (< 32 MB)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xD5, "MDOS Extended" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xD6, "MDOS FAT16" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xD8, "CP/M-86" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xDB, "Digital Research CP/M" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xDE, "Dell OEM" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xDF, "BootIt EMBRM (FAT16/32)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xE1, "SpeedStor FAT12" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xE3, "SpeedStor (0xE3)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xE4, "SpeedStor FAT16" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xE5, "Tandy MSDOS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xE6, "SpeedStor (0xE6)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xE8, "Linux Unified Key Setup partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xEA, "Rufus private partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xEB, "BeOS BFS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xEC, "SkyOS SkyFS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xEE, "EFI GPT protective" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xEF, "EFI System partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xF0, "Linux/PA-RISC boot loader" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xF1, "SpeedStor (0xF1)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xF2, "DOS 3.3+ second" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xF4, "SpeedStor (0xF4)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xF5, "SpeedStor (0xF5)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xF6, "SpeedStor (0xF6)" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xFA, "Bochs" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xFB, "VMware FS" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xFC, "VMware swap" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xFD, "Linux RAID auto" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xFE, "NT hidden partition" },
|
|
|
|
{ 0xFF, "XENIX Bad Block Table" },
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/* FUNCTIONS ****************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DUMP_PARTITION_TABLE
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
DumpPartitionTable(
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PPARTITION_INFORMATION PartitionInfo;
|
|
|
|
ULONG i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DbgPrint("\n");
|
|
|
|
DbgPrint("Index Start Length Hidden Nr Type Boot RW\n");
|
|
|
|
DbgPrint("----- ------------ ------------ ---------- -- ---- ---- --\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionCount; i++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo = &DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[i];
|
|
|
|
DbgPrint(" %3lu %12I64u %12I64u %10lu %2lu %2x %c %c\n",
|
|
|
|
i,
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->StartingOffset.QuadPart / DiskEntry->BytesPerSector,
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionLength.QuadPart / DiskEntry->BytesPerSector,
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->HiddenSectors,
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionNumber,
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionType,
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->BootIndicator ? '*': ' ',
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->RewritePartition ? 'Y': 'N');
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DbgPrint("\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ULONGLONG
|
|
|
|
AlignDown(
|
|
|
|
IN ULONGLONG Value,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG Alignment)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ULONGLONG Temp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Temp = Value / Alignment;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Temp * Alignment;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ULONGLONG
|
|
|
|
AlignUp(
|
|
|
|
IN ULONGLONG Value,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG Alignment)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ULONGLONG Temp, Result;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Temp = Value / Alignment;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Result = Temp * Alignment;
|
|
|
|
if (Value % Alignment)
|
|
|
|
Result += Alignment;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ULONGLONG
|
|
|
|
RoundingDivide(
|
|
|
|
IN ULONGLONG Dividend,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONGLONG Divisor)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (Dividend + Divisor / 2) / Divisor;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
GetDriverName(
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TABLE QueryTable[2];
|
|
|
|
WCHAR KeyName[32];
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:34:03 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&DiskEntry->DriverName, NULL);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(KeyName, ARRAYSIZE(KeyName),
|
|
|
|
L"\\Scsi\\Scsi Port %hu",
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Port);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:34:03 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlZeroMemory(&QueryTable, sizeof(QueryTable));
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QueryTable[0].Name = L"Driver";
|
|
|
|
QueryTable[0].Flags = RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_DIRECT;
|
|
|
|
QueryTable[0].EntryContext = &DiskEntry->DriverName;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/* This will allocate DiskEntry->DriverName if needed */
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Status = RtlQueryRegistryValues(RTL_REGISTRY_DEVICEMAP,
|
|
|
|
KeyName,
|
|
|
|
QueryTable,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("RtlQueryRegistryValues() failed (Status %lx)\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
AssignDriveLetters(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry1;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry2;
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
WCHAR Letter;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Letter = L'C';
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Assign drive letters to primary partitions */
|
|
|
|
Entry1 = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry1 != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry1, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry2 != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry2, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->DriveLetter = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned &&
|
|
|
|
!IsContainerPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (IsRecognizedPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType) ||
|
|
|
|
(PartEntry->PartitionType == PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED &&
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart != 0LL))
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Letter <= L'Z')
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->DriveLetter = Letter;
|
|
|
|
Letter++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = Entry2->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry1 = Entry1->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Assign drive letters to logical drives */
|
|
|
|
Entry1 = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry1 != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry1, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry2 != &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry2, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->DriveLetter = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (IsRecognizedPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType) ||
|
|
|
|
(PartEntry->PartitionType == PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED &&
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart != 0LL))
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (Letter <= L'Z')
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->DriveLetter = Letter;
|
|
|
|
Letter++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = Entry2->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry1 = Entry1->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static NTSTATUS
|
|
|
|
NTAPI
|
|
|
|
DiskIdentifierQueryRoutine(
|
|
|
|
PWSTR ValueName,
|
|
|
|
ULONG ValueType,
|
|
|
|
PVOID ValueData,
|
|
|
|
ULONG ValueLength,
|
|
|
|
PVOID Context,
|
|
|
|
PVOID EntryContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PBIOSDISKENTRY BiosDiskEntry = (PBIOSDISKENTRY)Context;
|
|
|
|
UNICODE_STRING NameU;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ValueType == REG_SZ &&
|
|
|
|
ValueLength == 20 * sizeof(WCHAR))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NameU.Buffer = (PWCHAR)ValueData;
|
|
|
|
NameU.Length = NameU.MaximumLength = 8 * sizeof(WCHAR);
|
|
|
|
RtlUnicodeStringToInteger(&NameU, 16, &BiosDiskEntry->Checksum);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NameU.Buffer = (PWCHAR)ValueData + 9;
|
|
|
|
RtlUnicodeStringToInteger(&NameU, 16, &BiosDiskEntry->Signature);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static NTSTATUS
|
|
|
|
NTAPI
|
|
|
|
DiskConfigurationDataQueryRoutine(
|
|
|
|
PWSTR ValueName,
|
|
|
|
ULONG ValueType,
|
|
|
|
PVOID ValueData,
|
|
|
|
ULONG ValueLength,
|
|
|
|
PVOID Context,
|
|
|
|
PVOID EntryContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PBIOSDISKENTRY BiosDiskEntry = (PBIOSDISKENTRY)Context;
|
|
|
|
PCM_FULL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR FullResourceDescriptor;
|
|
|
|
PCM_DISK_GEOMETRY_DEVICE_DATA DiskGeometry;
|
|
|
|
ULONG i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ValueType != REG_FULL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR ||
|
|
|
|
ValueLength < sizeof(CM_FULL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR))
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FullResourceDescriptor = (PCM_FULL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR)ValueData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Hm. Version and Revision are not set on Microsoft Windows XP... */
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
if (FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.Version != 1 ||
|
|
|
|
FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.Revision != 1)
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.Count; i++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.PartialDescriptors[i].Type != CmResourceTypeDeviceSpecific ||
|
|
|
|
FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.PartialDescriptors[i].u.DeviceSpecificData.DataSize != sizeof(CM_DISK_GEOMETRY_DEVICE_DATA))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskGeometry = (PCM_DISK_GEOMETRY_DEVICE_DATA)&FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.PartialDescriptors[i + 1];
|
|
|
|
BiosDiskEntry->DiskGeometry = *DiskGeometry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static NTSTATUS
|
|
|
|
NTAPI
|
|
|
|
SystemConfigurationDataQueryRoutine(
|
|
|
|
PWSTR ValueName,
|
|
|
|
ULONG ValueType,
|
|
|
|
PVOID ValueData,
|
|
|
|
ULONG ValueLength,
|
|
|
|
PVOID Context,
|
|
|
|
PVOID EntryContext)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PCM_FULL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR FullResourceDescriptor;
|
|
|
|
PCM_INT13_DRIVE_PARAMETER* Int13Drives = (PCM_INT13_DRIVE_PARAMETER*)Context;
|
|
|
|
ULONG i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ValueType != REG_FULL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR ||
|
|
|
|
ValueLength < sizeof(CM_FULL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR))
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FullResourceDescriptor = (PCM_FULL_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTOR)ValueData;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Hm. Version and Revision are not set on Microsoft Windows XP... */
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
if (FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.Version != 1 ||
|
|
|
|
FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.Revision != 1)
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.Count; i++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.PartialDescriptors[i].Type != CmResourceTypeDeviceSpecific ||
|
|
|
|
FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.PartialDescriptors[i].u.DeviceSpecificData.DataSize % sizeof(CM_INT13_DRIVE_PARAMETER) != 0)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*Int13Drives = (CM_INT13_DRIVE_PARAMETER*)RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap, 0,
|
|
|
|
FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.PartialDescriptors[i].u.DeviceSpecificData.DataSize);
|
|
|
|
if (*Int13Drives == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy(*Int13Drives,
|
|
|
|
&FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.PartialDescriptors[i + 1],
|
|
|
|
FullResourceDescriptor->PartialResourceList.PartialDescriptors[i].u.DeviceSpecificData.DataSize);
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static VOID
|
|
|
|
EnumerateBiosDiskEntries(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST PartList)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TABLE QueryTable[3];
|
|
|
|
WCHAR Name[120];
|
|
|
|
ULONG AdapterCount;
|
|
|
|
ULONG DiskCount;
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
|
|
PCM_INT13_DRIVE_PARAMETER Int13Drives;
|
|
|
|
PBIOSDISKENTRY BiosDiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
#define ROOT_NAME L"\\Registry\\Machine\\HARDWARE\\DESCRIPTION\\System\\MultifunctionAdapter"
|
|
|
|
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
memset(QueryTable, 0, sizeof(QueryTable));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QueryTable[1].Name = L"Configuration Data";
|
|
|
|
QueryTable[1].QueryRoutine = SystemConfigurationDataQueryRoutine;
|
|
|
|
Int13Drives = NULL;
|
|
|
|
Status = RtlQueryRegistryValues(RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE,
|
|
|
|
L"\\Registry\\Machine\\HARDWARE\\DESCRIPTION\\System",
|
|
|
|
&QueryTable[1],
|
|
|
|
(PVOID)&Int13Drives,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Unable to query the 'Configuration Data' key in '\\Registry\\Machine\\HARDWARE\\DESCRIPTION\\System', status=%lx\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AdapterCount = 0;
|
2017-05-21 23:34:03 +00:00
|
|
|
while (TRUE)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(Name, ARRAYSIZE(Name),
|
|
|
|
L"%s\\%lu",
|
|
|
|
ROOT_NAME, AdapterCount);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Status = RtlQueryRegistryValues(RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE,
|
|
|
|
Name,
|
|
|
|
&QueryTable[2],
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(Name, ARRAYSIZE(Name),
|
|
|
|
L"%s\\%lu\\DiskController",
|
|
|
|
ROOT_NAME, AdapterCount);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Status = RtlQueryRegistryValues(RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE,
|
|
|
|
Name,
|
|
|
|
&QueryTable[2],
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-21 23:34:03 +00:00
|
|
|
while (TRUE)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(Name, ARRAYSIZE(Name),
|
|
|
|
L"%s\\%lu\\DiskController\\0",
|
|
|
|
ROOT_NAME, AdapterCount);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Status = RtlQueryRegistryValues(RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE,
|
|
|
|
Name,
|
|
|
|
&QueryTable[2],
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, Int13Drives);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(Name, ARRAYSIZE(Name),
|
|
|
|
L"%s\\%lu\\DiskController\\0\\DiskPeripheral",
|
|
|
|
ROOT_NAME, AdapterCount);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Status = RtlQueryRegistryValues(RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE,
|
|
|
|
Name,
|
|
|
|
&QueryTable[2],
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
QueryTable[0].Name = L"Identifier";
|
|
|
|
QueryTable[0].QueryRoutine = DiskIdentifierQueryRoutine;
|
|
|
|
QueryTable[1].Name = L"Configuration Data";
|
|
|
|
QueryTable[1].QueryRoutine = DiskConfigurationDataQueryRoutine;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskCount = 0;
|
2017-05-21 23:34:03 +00:00
|
|
|
while (TRUE)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
BiosDiskEntry = (BIOSDISKENTRY*)RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap, HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY, sizeof(BIOSDISKENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (BiosDiskEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(Name, ARRAYSIZE(Name),
|
|
|
|
L"%s\\%lu\\DiskController\\0\\DiskPeripheral\\%lu",
|
|
|
|
ROOT_NAME, AdapterCount, DiskCount);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Status = RtlQueryRegistryValues(RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE,
|
|
|
|
Name,
|
|
|
|
QueryTable,
|
|
|
|
(PVOID)BiosDiskEntry,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, BiosDiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BiosDiskEntry->DiskNumber = DiskCount;
|
|
|
|
BiosDiskEntry->Recognized = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskCount < Int13Drives[0].NumberDrives)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
BiosDiskEntry->Int13DiskData = Int13Drives[DiskCount];
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Didn't find int13 drive datas for disk %u\n", DiskCount);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&PartList->BiosDiskListHead, &BiosDiskEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("DiskNumber: %lu\n", BiosDiskEntry->DiskNumber);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Signature: %08lx\n", BiosDiskEntry->Signature);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Checksum: %08lx\n", BiosDiskEntry->Checksum);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("BytesPerSector: %lu\n", BiosDiskEntry->DiskGeometry.BytesPerSector);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("NumberOfCylinders: %lu\n", BiosDiskEntry->DiskGeometry.NumberOfCylinders);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("NumberOfHeads: %lu\n", BiosDiskEntry->DiskGeometry.NumberOfHeads);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("DriveSelect: %02x\n", BiosDiskEntry->Int13DiskData.DriveSelect);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("MaxCylinders: %lu\n", BiosDiskEntry->Int13DiskData.MaxCylinders);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("SectorsPerTrack: %d\n", BiosDiskEntry->Int13DiskData.SectorsPerTrack);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("MaxHeads: %d\n", BiosDiskEntry->Int13DiskData.MaxHeads);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("NumberDrives: %d\n", BiosDiskEntry->Int13DiskData.NumberDrives);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskCount++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, Int13Drives);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AdapterCount++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, Int13Drives);
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#undef ROOT_NAME
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
AddPartitionToDisk(
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG DiskNumber,
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG PartitionIndex,
|
|
|
|
IN BOOLEAN LogicalPartition)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
PPARTITION_INFORMATION PartitionInfo;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
HANDLE FileHandle;
|
|
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes;
|
|
|
|
IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock;
|
|
|
|
WCHAR Buffer[MAX_PATH];
|
|
|
|
UNICODE_STRING Name;
|
|
|
|
UCHAR LabelBuffer[sizeof(FILE_FS_VOLUME_INFORMATION) + 256 * sizeof(WCHAR)];
|
|
|
|
PFILE_FS_VOLUME_INFORMATION LabelInfo = (PFILE_FS_VOLUME_INFORMATION)LabelBuffer;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo = &DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[PartitionIndex];
|
2017-05-17 23:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (PartitionInfo->PartitionType == PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED ||
|
|
|
|
((LogicalPartition != FALSE) && IsContainerPartition(PartitionInfo->PartitionType)))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = (ULONGLONG)PartitionInfo->StartingOffset.QuadPart / DiskEntry->BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = (ULONGLONG)PartitionInfo->PartitionLength.QuadPart / DiskEntry->BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->BootIndicator = PartitionInfo->BootIndicator;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionType = PartitionInfo->PartitionType;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->HiddenSectors = PartitionInfo->HiddenSectors;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->LogicalPartition = LogicalPartition;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->IsPartitioned = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionNumber = PartitionInfo->PartitionNumber;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionIndex = PartitionIndex;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (IsContainerPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (LogicalPartition == FALSE && DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition == NULL)
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (IsRecognizedPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType))
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-17 23:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
PartEntry->FileSystem = GetFileSystem(PartEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->FileSystem)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
PartEntry->FormatState = Preformatted;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
// PartEntry->FormatState = UnknownFormat;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-17 23:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Unknown partition, hence unknown partition format (may or may not be actually formatted) */
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
PartEntry->FormatState = UnknownFormat;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Initialize the partition volume label */
|
|
|
|
RtlZeroMemory(PartEntry->VolumeLabel, sizeof(PartEntry->VolumeLabel));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Open the volume, ignore any errors */
|
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(Buffer, ARRAYSIZE(Buffer),
|
|
|
|
L"\\Device\\Harddisk%lu\\Partition%lu",
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->DiskNumber, PartEntry->PartitionNumber);
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&Name, Buffer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InitializeObjectAttributes(&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
|
|
&Name,
|
|
|
|
OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Status = NtOpenFile(&FileHandle,
|
|
|
|
FILE_READ_DATA | SYNCHRONIZE,
|
|
|
|
&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
|
|
FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
|
|
|
|
FILE_SYNCHRONOUS_IO_NONALERT);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Retrieve the partition volume label */
|
|
|
|
Status = NtQueryVolumeInformationFile(FileHandle,
|
|
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
|
|
&LabelBuffer,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(LabelBuffer),
|
|
|
|
FileFsVolumeInformation);
|
|
|
|
/* Close the handle */
|
|
|
|
NtClose(FileHandle);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for success */
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the (possibly truncated) volume label and NULL-terminate it */
|
|
|
|
RtlStringCbCopyNW(PartEntry->VolumeLabel, sizeof(PartEntry->VolumeLabel),
|
|
|
|
LabelInfo->VolumeLabel, LabelInfo->VolumeLabelLength);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("NtQueryVolumeInformationFile() failed, Status 0x%08lx\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("NtOpenFile() failed, Status 0x%08lx\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (LogicalPartition)
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead,
|
|
|
|
&PartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead,
|
|
|
|
&PartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
ScanForUnpartitionedDiskSpace(
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ULONGLONG LastStartSector;
|
|
|
|
ULONGLONG LastSectorCount;
|
|
|
|
ULONGLONG LastUnusedSectorCount;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY NewPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("ScanForUnpartitionedDiskSpace()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (IsListEmpty(&DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("No primary partition!\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create a partition entry that represents the empty disk */
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->IsPartitioned = FALSE;
|
2018-11-11 16:34:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->SectorAlignment < 2048)
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = 2048ULL;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = AlignDown(DiskEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) -
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("First Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Last Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead,
|
|
|
|
&NewPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Start partition at head 1, cylinder 0 */
|
2018-11-11 16:34:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->SectorAlignment < 2048)
|
|
|
|
LastStartSector = 2048ULL;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
LastStartSector = DiskEntry->SectorAlignment;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
LastSectorCount = 0ULL;
|
|
|
|
LastUnusedSectorCount = 0ULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->PartitionType != PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED ||
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart != 0ULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
LastUnusedSectorCount =
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart - (LastStartSector + LastSectorCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart > (LastStartSector + LastSectorCount) &&
|
|
|
|
LastUnusedSectorCount >= (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Unpartitioned disk space %I64u sectors\n", LastUnusedSectorCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->IsPartitioned = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = LastStartSector + LastSectorCount;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = AlignDown(NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + LastUnusedSectorCount, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) -
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("First Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Last Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Insert the table into the list */
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&PartEntry->ListEntry,
|
|
|
|
&NewPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LastStartSector = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
LastSectorCount = PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for trailing unpartitioned disk space */
|
|
|
|
if ((LastStartSector + LastSectorCount) < DiskEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
LastUnusedSectorCount = AlignDown(DiskEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - (LastStartSector + LastSectorCount), DiskEntry->SectorAlignment);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (LastUnusedSectorCount >= (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Unpartitioned disk space: %I64u sectors\n", LastUnusedSectorCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->IsPartitioned = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = LastStartSector + LastSectorCount;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = AlignDown(NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + LastUnusedSectorCount, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) -
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("First Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Last Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Append the table to the list */
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead,
|
|
|
|
&NewPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (IsListEmpty(&DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("No logical partition!\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create a partition entry that represents the empty extended partition */
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->LogicalPartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->IsPartitioned = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition->StartSector.QuadPart + (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition->SectorCount.QuadPart - (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("First Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Last Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead,
|
|
|
|
&NewPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Start partition at head 1, cylinder 0 */
|
|
|
|
LastStartSector = DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition->StartSector.QuadPart + (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment;
|
|
|
|
LastSectorCount = 0ULL;
|
|
|
|
LastUnusedSectorCount = 0ULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry = DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->PartitionType != PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED ||
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart != 0ULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
LastUnusedSectorCount =
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart - (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment - (LastStartSector + LastSectorCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart - (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) > (LastStartSector + LastSectorCount) &&
|
|
|
|
LastUnusedSectorCount >= (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Unpartitioned disk space %I64u sectors\n", LastUnusedSectorCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->LogicalPartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->IsPartitioned = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = LastStartSector + LastSectorCount;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = AlignDown(NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + LastUnusedSectorCount, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) -
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("First Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Last Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Insert the table into the list */
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&PartEntry->ListEntry,
|
|
|
|
&NewPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LastStartSector = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
LastSectorCount = PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for trailing unpartitioned disk space */
|
|
|
|
if ((LastStartSector + LastSectorCount) < DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition->StartSector.QuadPart + DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition->SectorCount.QuadPart)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
LastUnusedSectorCount = AlignDown(DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition->StartSector.QuadPart + DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition->SectorCount.QuadPart - (LastStartSector + LastSectorCount), DiskEntry->SectorAlignment);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (LastUnusedSectorCount >= (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Unpartitioned disk space: %I64u sectors\n", LastUnusedSectorCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->LogicalPartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->IsPartitioned = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = LastStartSector + LastSectorCount;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = AlignDown(NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + LastUnusedSectorCount, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) -
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("First Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Last Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Append the table to the list */
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead,
|
|
|
|
&NewPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("ScanForUnpartitionedDiskSpace() done\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
SetDiskSignature(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
LARGE_INTEGER SystemTime;
|
|
|
|
TIME_FIELDS TimeFields;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry2;
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry2;
|
|
|
|
PUCHAR Buffer;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buffer = (PUCHAR)&DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->Signature;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:34:03 +00:00
|
|
|
while (TRUE)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NtQuerySystemTime(&SystemTime);
|
|
|
|
RtlTimeToTimeFields(&SystemTime, &TimeFields);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buffer[0] = (UCHAR)(TimeFields.Year & 0xFF) + (UCHAR)(TimeFields.Hour & 0xFF);
|
|
|
|
Buffer[1] = (UCHAR)(TimeFields.Year >> 8) + (UCHAR)(TimeFields.Minute & 0xFF);
|
|
|
|
Buffer[2] = (UCHAR)(TimeFields.Month & 0xFF) + (UCHAR)(TimeFields.Second & 0xFF);
|
|
|
|
Buffer[3] = (UCHAR)(TimeFields.Day & 0xFF) + (UCHAR)(TimeFields.Milliseconds & 0xFF);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->Signature == 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-23 12:20:15 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Check if the signature already exist */
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/* FIXME:
|
|
|
|
* Check also signatures from disks, which are
|
|
|
|
* not visible (bootable) by the bios.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry2 != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry2 = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry2, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry != DiskEntry2 &&
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->Signature == DiskEntry2->LayoutBuffer->Signature)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = Entry2->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (Entry2 == &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
UpdateDiskSignatures(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Print partition lines */
|
|
|
|
Entry = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer &&
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->Signature == 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
SetDiskSignature(List, DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[0].RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
AddDiskToList(
|
|
|
|
IN HANDLE FileHandle,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG DiskNumber,
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DISK_GEOMETRY DiskGeometry;
|
|
|
|
SCSI_ADDRESS ScsiAddress;
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
IO_STATUS_BLOCK Iosb;
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
|
|
PPARTITION_SECTOR Mbr;
|
|
|
|
PULONG Buffer;
|
|
|
|
LARGE_INTEGER FileOffset;
|
|
|
|
WCHAR Identifier[20];
|
|
|
|
ULONG Checksum;
|
|
|
|
ULONG Signature;
|
|
|
|
ULONG i;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY ListEntry;
|
|
|
|
PBIOSDISKENTRY BiosDiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
ULONG LayoutBufferSize;
|
|
|
|
PDRIVE_LAYOUT_INFORMATION NewLayoutBuffer;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Retrieve the drive geometry */
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Status = NtDeviceIoControlFile(FileHandle,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
&Iosb,
|
|
|
|
IOCTL_DISK_GET_DRIVE_GEOMETRY,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
|
|
|
&DiskGeometry,
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
sizeof(DiskGeometry));
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskGeometry.MediaType != FixedMedia &&
|
|
|
|
DiskGeometry.MediaType != RemovableMedia)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* FIXME: Here we suppose the disk is always SCSI. What if it is
|
|
|
|
* of another type? To check this we need to retrieve the name of
|
|
|
|
* the driver the disk device belongs to.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Status = NtDeviceIoControlFile(FileHandle,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
&Iosb,
|
|
|
|
IOCTL_SCSI_GET_ADDRESS,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
|
|
|
&ScsiAddress,
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
sizeof(ScsiAddress));
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Check whether the disk is initialized, by looking at its MBR.
|
|
|
|
* NOTE that this must be generalized to GPT disks as well!
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mbr = (PARTITION_SECTOR*)RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
|
|
|
DiskGeometry.BytesPerSector);
|
|
|
|
if (Mbr == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FileOffset.QuadPart = 0;
|
|
|
|
Status = NtReadFile(FileHandle,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
&Iosb,
|
|
|
|
(PVOID)Mbr,
|
|
|
|
DiskGeometry.BytesPerSector,
|
|
|
|
&FileOffset,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, Mbr);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("NtReadFile failed, status=%x\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Signature = Mbr->Signature;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate the MBR checksum */
|
|
|
|
Checksum = 0;
|
|
|
|
Buffer = (PULONG)Mbr;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Checksum += Buffer[i];
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Checksum = ~Checksum + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(Identifier, ARRAYSIZE(Identifier),
|
|
|
|
L"%08x-%08x-A", Checksum, Signature);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
DPRINT("Identifier: %S\n", Identifier);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(DISKENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, Mbr);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Failed to allocate a new disk entry.\n");
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DiskEntry->Checksum = Checksum;
|
|
|
|
// DiskEntry->Signature = Signature;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->BiosFound = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-31 01:11:05 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Check if this disk has a valid MBR: verify its signature,
|
|
|
|
* and whether its two first bytes are a valid instruction
|
|
|
|
* (related to this, see IsThereAValidBootSector() in partlist.c).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (Mbr->Magic != 0xaa55 || (*(PUSHORT)Mbr->BootCode) == 0x0000)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
DiskEntry->NoMbr = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->NoMbr = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Free the MBR sector buffer */
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, Mbr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = List->BiosDiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (ListEntry != &List->BiosDiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
BiosDiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(ListEntry, BIOSDISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME:
|
|
|
|
* Compare the size from bios and the reported size from driver.
|
|
|
|
* If we have more than one disk with a zero or with the same signature
|
|
|
|
* we must create new signatures and reboot. After the reboot,
|
|
|
|
* it is possible to identify the disks.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (BiosDiskEntry->Signature == Signature &&
|
|
|
|
BiosDiskEntry->Checksum == Checksum &&
|
|
|
|
!BiosDiskEntry->Recognized)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (!DiskEntry->BiosFound)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->BiosDiskNumber = BiosDiskEntry->DiskNumber;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->BiosFound = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
BiosDiskEntry->Recognized = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: What to do?
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = ListEntry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!DiskEntry->BiosFound)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("WARNING: Setup could not find a matching BIOS disk entry. Disk %d is not be bootable by the BIOS!\n", DiskNumber);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InitializeListHead(&DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead);
|
|
|
|
InitializeListHead(&DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Cylinders = DiskGeometry.Cylinders.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->TracksPerCylinder = DiskGeometry.TracksPerCylinder;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->SectorsPerTrack = DiskGeometry.SectorsPerTrack;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->BytesPerSector = DiskGeometry.BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Cylinders %I64u\n", DiskEntry->Cylinders);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("TracksPerCylinder %lu\n", DiskEntry->TracksPerCylinder);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("SectorsPerTrack %lu\n", DiskEntry->SectorsPerTrack);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("BytesPerSector %lu\n", DiskEntry->BytesPerSector);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = DiskGeometry.Cylinders.QuadPart *
|
|
|
|
(ULONGLONG)DiskGeometry.TracksPerCylinder *
|
|
|
|
(ULONGLONG)DiskGeometry.SectorsPerTrack;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->SectorAlignment = DiskGeometry.SectorsPerTrack;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->CylinderAlignment = DiskGeometry.TracksPerCylinder *
|
|
|
|
DiskGeometry.SectorsPerTrack;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("SectorCount %I64u\n", DiskEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("SectorAlignment %lu\n", DiskEntry->SectorAlignment);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->DiskNumber = DiskNumber;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Port = ScsiAddress.PortNumber;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Bus = ScsiAddress.PathId;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Id = ScsiAddress.TargetId;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GetDriverName(DiskEntry);
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Actually it would be more correct somehow to use:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* OBJECT_NAME_INFORMATION NameInfo; // ObjectNameInfo;
|
|
|
|
* ULONG ReturnedLength;
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Status = NtQueryObject(SomeHandleToTheDisk,
|
|
|
|
* ObjectNameInformation,
|
|
|
|
* &NameInfo,
|
|
|
|
* sizeof(NameInfo),
|
|
|
|
* &ReturnedLength);
|
|
|
|
* etc...
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* See examples in https://git.reactos.org/?p=reactos.git;a=blob;f=reactos/ntoskrnl/io/iomgr/error.c;hb=2f3a93ee9cec8322a86bf74b356f1ad83fc912dc#l267
|
|
|
|
*/
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InsertAscendingList(&List->DiskListHead, DiskEntry, DISKENTRY, ListEntry, DiskNumber);
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We now retrieve the disk partition layout
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Allocate a layout buffer with 4 partition entries first */
|
|
|
|
LayoutBufferSize = sizeof(DRIVE_LAYOUT_INFORMATION) +
|
|
|
|
((4 - ANYSIZE_ARRAY) * sizeof(PARTITION_INFORMATION));
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
LayoutBufferSize);
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Failed to allocate the disk layout buffer!\n");
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Keep looping while the drive layout buffer is too small */
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Buffer size: %lu\n", LayoutBufferSize);
|
|
|
|
Status = NtDeviceIoControlFile(FileHandle,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
&Iosb,
|
|
|
|
IOCTL_DISK_GET_DRIVE_LAYOUT,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer,
|
|
|
|
LayoutBufferSize);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (Status != STATUS_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("NtDeviceIoControlFile() failed (Status: 0x%08lx)\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LayoutBufferSize += 4 * sizeof(PARTITION_INFORMATION);
|
|
|
|
NewLayoutBuffer = RtlReAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer,
|
|
|
|
LayoutBufferSize);
|
|
|
|
if (NewLayoutBuffer == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Failed to reallocate the disk layout buffer!\n");
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer = NewLayoutBuffer;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("PartitionCount: %lu\n", DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DUMP_PARTITION_TABLE
|
|
|
|
DumpPartitionTable(DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[0].StartingOffset.QuadPart != 0 &&
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[0].PartitionLength.QuadPart != 0 &&
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[0].PartitionType != PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if ((DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[0].StartingOffset.QuadPart / DiskEntry->BytesPerSector) % DiskEntry->SectorsPerTrack == 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("Use %lu Sector alignment!\n", DiskEntry->SectorsPerTrack);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[0].StartingOffset.QuadPart % (1024 * 1024) == 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Use megabyte (%lu Sectors) alignment!\n", (1024 * 1024) / DiskEntry->BytesPerSector);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("No matching alignment found! Partition 1 starts at %I64u\n", DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[0].StartingOffset.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("No valid partition table found! Use megabyte (%lu Sectors) alignment!\n", (1024 * 1024) / DiskEntry->BytesPerSector);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionCount == 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->NewDisk = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionCount = 4;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[i].RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
AddPartitionToDisk(DiskNumber, DiskEntry, i, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 4; i < DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionCount; i += 4)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
AddPartitionToDisk(DiskNumber, DiskEntry, i, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ScanForUnpartitionedDiskSpace(DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PPARTLIST
|
|
|
|
CreatePartitionList(VOID)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PPARTLIST List;
|
|
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes;
|
|
|
|
SYSTEM_DEVICE_INFORMATION Sdi;
|
|
|
|
IO_STATUS_BLOCK Iosb;
|
|
|
|
ULONG ReturnSize;
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
|
|
ULONG DiskNumber;
|
|
|
|
WCHAR Buffer[MAX_PATH];
|
|
|
|
UNICODE_STRING Name;
|
|
|
|
HANDLE FileHandle;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List = (PPARTLIST)RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTLIST));
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (List == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk = NULL;
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
List->OriginalSystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InitializeListHead(&List->DiskListHead);
|
|
|
|
InitializeListHead(&List->BiosDiskListHead);
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Enumerate the disks seen by the BIOS; this will be used later
|
|
|
|
* to map drives seen by NTOS with their corresponding BIOS names.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
EnumerateBiosDiskEntries(List);
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Enumerate disks seen by NTOS */
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Status = NtQuerySystemInformation(SystemDeviceInformation,
|
|
|
|
&Sdi,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(Sdi),
|
|
|
|
&ReturnSize);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("NtQuerySystemInformation() failed, Status 0x%08lx", Status);
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, List);
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (DiskNumber = 0; DiskNumber < Sdi.NumberOfDisks; DiskNumber++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(Buffer, ARRAYSIZE(Buffer),
|
|
|
|
L"\\Device\\Harddisk%lu\\Partition0",
|
|
|
|
DiskNumber);
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&Name, Buffer);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InitializeObjectAttributes(&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
|
|
&Name,
|
2017-12-23 19:17:38 +00:00
|
|
|
OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE,
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Status = NtOpenFile(&FileHandle,
|
|
|
|
FILE_READ_DATA | FILE_READ_ATTRIBUTES | SYNCHRONIZE,
|
|
|
|
&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
|
|
&Iosb,
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
FILE_SYNCHRONOUS_IO_NONALERT);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
AddDiskToList(FileHandle, DiskNumber, List);
|
|
|
|
NtClose(FileHandle);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UpdateDiskSignatures(List);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AssignDriveLetters(List);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search for first usable disk and partition */
|
|
|
|
if (IsListEmpty(&List->DiskListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk = NULL;
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk = CONTAINING_RECORD(List->DiskListHead.Flink,
|
|
|
|
DISKENTRY,
|
|
|
|
ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (IsListEmpty(&List->CurrentDisk->PrimaryPartListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = CONTAINING_RECORD(List->CurrentDisk->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink,
|
|
|
|
PARTENTRY,
|
|
|
|
ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return List;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
DestroyPartitionList(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PBIOSDISKENTRY BiosDiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Release disk and partition info */
|
|
|
|
while (!IsListEmpty(&List->DiskListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Entry = RemoveHeadList(&List->DiskListHead);
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Release driver name */
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeUnicodeString(&DiskEntry->DriverName);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Release primary partition list */
|
|
|
|
while (!IsListEmpty(&DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Entry = RemoveHeadList(&DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead);
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, PartEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Release logical partition list */
|
|
|
|
while (!IsListEmpty(&DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Entry = RemoveHeadList(&DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead);
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, PartEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Release layout buffer */
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Release disk entry */
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Release the bios disk info */
|
|
|
|
while (!IsListEmpty(&List->BiosDiskListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Entry = RemoveHeadList(&List->BiosDiskListHead);
|
|
|
|
BiosDiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, BIOSDISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, BiosDiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Release list head */
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, List);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY
|
|
|
|
GetDiskByBiosNumber(
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
IN ULONG BiosDiskNumber)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Loop over the disks and find the correct one */
|
|
|
|
Entry = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &List->DiskListHead)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->BiosDiskNumber == BiosDiskNumber)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Disk found */
|
|
|
|
return DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Disk not found, stop there */
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY
|
|
|
|
GetDiskByNumber(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG DiskNumber)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Loop over the disks and find the correct one */
|
|
|
|
Entry = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->DiskNumber == DiskNumber)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Disk found */
|
|
|
|
return DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Disk not found, stop there */
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY
|
|
|
|
GetDiskBySCSI(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN USHORT Port,
|
|
|
|
IN USHORT Bus,
|
|
|
|
IN USHORT Id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Loop over the disks and find the correct one */
|
|
|
|
Entry = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->Port == Port &&
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Bus == Bus &&
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Id == Id)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Disk found */
|
|
|
|
return DiskEntry;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Disk not found, stop there */
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY
|
|
|
|
GetDiskBySignature(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG Signature)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Loop over the disks and find the correct one */
|
|
|
|
Entry = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->Signature == Signature)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Disk found */
|
|
|
|
return DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Disk not found, stop there */
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY
|
|
|
|
GetPartition(
|
|
|
|
// IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG PartitionNumber)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Disk found, loop over the primary partitions first... */
|
|
|
|
Entry = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->PartitionNumber == PartitionNumber)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Partition found */
|
|
|
|
return PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:36:13 +00:00
|
|
|
/* ... then over the logical partitions if needed */
|
|
|
|
Entry = DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->PartitionNumber == PartitionNumber)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Partition found */
|
|
|
|
return PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The partition was not found on the disk, stop there */
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
|
|
GetDiskOrPartition(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG DiskNumber,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG PartitionNumber OPTIONAL,
|
|
|
|
OUT PDISKENTRY* pDiskEntry,
|
|
|
|
OUT PPARTENTRY* pPartEntry OPTIONAL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the disk */
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = GetDiskByNumber(List, DiskNumber);
|
|
|
|
if (!DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we have a partition (PartitionNumber != 0), find it */
|
|
|
|
if (PartitionNumber != 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = GetPartition(/*List,*/ DiskEntry, PartitionNumber);
|
|
|
|
if (!PartEntry)
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(PartEntry->DiskEntry == DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the disk (and optionally the partition) */
|
|
|
|
*pDiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
if (pPartEntry) *pPartEntry = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: Was introduced broken in r6258 by Casper
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
|
|
SelectPartition(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG DiskNumber,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONG PartitionNumber)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = GetDiskByNumber(List, DiskNumber);
|
|
|
|
if (!DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = GetPartition(/*List,*/ DiskEntry, PartitionNumber);
|
|
|
|
if (!PartEntry)
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(PartEntry->DiskEntry == DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(DiskEntry->DiskNumber == DiskNumber);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(PartEntry->PartitionNumber == PartitionNumber);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY
|
|
|
|
GetNextPartition(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY DiskListEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY PartListEntry;
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fail if no disks are available */
|
|
|
|
if (IsListEmpty(&List->DiskListHead))
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for next usable entry on current disk */
|
|
|
|
if (List->CurrentPartition != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (List->CurrentPartition->LogicalPartition)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Logical partition */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartListEntry = List->CurrentPartition->ListEntry.Flink;
|
|
|
|
if (PartListEntry != &List->CurrentDisk->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Next logical partition */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartListEntry = List->CurrentDisk->ExtendedPartition->ListEntry.Flink;
|
|
|
|
if (PartListEntry != &List->CurrentDisk->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Primary or extended partition */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((List->CurrentPartition->IsPartitioned != FALSE) &&
|
|
|
|
IsContainerPartition(List->CurrentPartition->PartitionType))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* First logical partition */
|
|
|
|
PartListEntry = List->CurrentDisk->LogicalPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
if (PartListEntry != &List->CurrentDisk->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Next primary partition */
|
|
|
|
PartListEntry = List->CurrentPartition->ListEntry.Flink;
|
|
|
|
if (PartListEntry != &List->CurrentDisk->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search for the first partition entry on the next disk */
|
|
|
|
DiskListEntry = List->CurrentDisk->ListEntry.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (DiskListEntry != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(DiskListEntry, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartListEntry = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
if (PartListEntry != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskListEntry = DiskListEntry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY
|
|
|
|
GetPrevPartition(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY DiskListEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY PartListEntry;
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fail if no disks are available */
|
|
|
|
if (IsListEmpty(&List->DiskListHead))
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for previous usable entry on current disk */
|
|
|
|
if (List->CurrentPartition != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (List->CurrentPartition->LogicalPartition)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Logical partition */
|
|
|
|
PartListEntry = List->CurrentPartition->ListEntry.Blink;
|
|
|
|
if (PartListEntry != &List->CurrentDisk->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Previous logical partition */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Extended partition */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = List->CurrentDisk->ExtendedPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Primary or extended partition */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartListEntry = List->CurrentPartition->ListEntry.Blink;
|
|
|
|
if (PartListEntry != &List->CurrentDisk->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((PartEntry->IsPartitioned != FALSE) &&
|
|
|
|
IsContainerPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartListEntry = List->CurrentDisk->LogicalPartListHead.Blink;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Search for the last partition entry on the previous disk */
|
|
|
|
DiskListEntry = List->CurrentDisk->ListEntry.Blink;
|
|
|
|
while (DiskListEntry != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(DiskListEntry, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartListEntry = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Blink;
|
|
|
|
if (PartListEntry != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((PartEntry->IsPartitioned != FALSE) &&
|
|
|
|
IsContainerPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartListEntry = DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead.Blink;
|
|
|
|
if (PartListEntry != &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskListEntry = DiskListEntry->Blink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:34:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// static
|
|
|
|
FORCEINLINE
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
|
|
IsEmptyLayoutEntry(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTITION_INFORMATION PartitionInfo)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (PartitionInfo->StartingOffset.QuadPart == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionLength.QuadPart == 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-21 23:34:03 +00:00
|
|
|
// static
|
|
|
|
FORCEINLINE
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
|
|
IsSamePrimaryLayoutEntry(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTITION_INFORMATION PartitionInfo,
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry,
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTENTRY PartEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (PartitionInfo->StartingOffset.QuadPart == PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart * DiskEntry->BytesPerSector &&
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionLength.QuadPart == PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart * DiskEntry->BytesPerSector)
|
|
|
|
// PartitionInfo->PartitionNumber = PartEntry->PartitionNumber &&
|
|
|
|
// PartitionInfo->PartitionType == PartEntry->PartitionType
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
ULONG
|
|
|
|
GetPrimaryPartitionCount(
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
ULONG Count = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned)
|
|
|
|
Count++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Count;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
ULONG
|
|
|
|
GetLogicalPartitionCount(
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY ListEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
ULONG Count = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (ListEntry != &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(ListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned)
|
|
|
|
Count++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = ListEntry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Count;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
|
|
ReAllocateLayoutBuffer(
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDRIVE_LAYOUT_INFORMATION NewLayoutBuffer;
|
|
|
|
ULONG NewPartitionCount;
|
|
|
|
ULONG CurrentPartitionCount = 0;
|
|
|
|
ULONG LayoutBufferSize;
|
|
|
|
ULONG i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("ReAllocateLayoutBuffer()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartitionCount = 4 + GetLogicalPartitionCount(DiskEntry) * 4;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer)
|
|
|
|
CurrentPartitionCount = DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionCount;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("CurrentPartitionCount: %lu NewPartitionCount: %lu\n",
|
|
|
|
CurrentPartitionCount, NewPartitionCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (CurrentPartitionCount == NewPartitionCount)
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LayoutBufferSize = sizeof(DRIVE_LAYOUT_INFORMATION) +
|
|
|
|
((NewPartitionCount - ANYSIZE_ARRAY) * sizeof(PARTITION_INFORMATION));
|
|
|
|
NewLayoutBuffer = RtlReAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer,
|
|
|
|
LayoutBufferSize);
|
|
|
|
if (NewLayoutBuffer == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Failed to allocate the new layout buffer (size: %lu)\n", LayoutBufferSize);
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the layout buffer grows, make sure the new (empty) entries are written to the disk */
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartitionCount > CurrentPartitionCount)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for (i = CurrentPartitionCount; i < NewPartitionCount; i++)
|
|
|
|
NewLayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[i].RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer = NewLayoutBuffer;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionCount = NewPartitionCount;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
UpdateDiskLayout(
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PPARTITION_INFORMATION PartitionInfo;
|
|
|
|
PPARTITION_INFORMATION LinkInfo = NULL;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY ListEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
LARGE_INTEGER HiddenSectors64;
|
|
|
|
ULONG Index;
|
|
|
|
ULONG PartitionNumber = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("UpdateDiskLayout()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Resize the layout buffer if necessary */
|
|
|
|
if (ReAllocateLayoutBuffer(DiskEntry) == FALSE)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("ReAllocateLayoutBuffer() failed.\n");
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update the primary partition table */
|
|
|
|
Index = 0;
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (ListEntry != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(ListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned != FALSE)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo = &DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[Index];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!IsSamePrimaryLayoutEntry(PartitionInfo, DiskEntry, PartEntry))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Updating primary partition entry %lu\n", Index);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->StartingOffset.QuadPart = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart * DiskEntry->BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionLength.QuadPart = PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart * DiskEntry->BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->HiddenSectors = PartEntry->StartSector.LowPart;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionNumber = (!IsContainerPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType)) ? PartitionNumber : 0;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionType = PartEntry->PartitionType;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->BootIndicator = PartEntry->BootIndicator;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->RecognizedPartition = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionNumber = (!IsContainerPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType)) ? PartitionNumber : 0;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionIndex = Index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!IsContainerPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType))
|
|
|
|
PartitionNumber++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Index++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = ListEntry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
ASSERT(Index <= 4);
|
|
|
|
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Update the logical partition table */
|
|
|
|
Index = 4;
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (ListEntry != &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(ListEntry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo = &DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[Index];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Updating logical partition entry %lu\n", Index);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->StartingOffset.QuadPart = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart * DiskEntry->BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionLength.QuadPart = PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart * DiskEntry->BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->HiddenSectors = DiskEntry->SectorAlignment;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionNumber = PartitionNumber;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionType = PartEntry->PartitionType;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->RecognizedPartition = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionNumber = PartitionNumber;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionIndex = Index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fill the link entry of the previous partition entry */
|
|
|
|
if (LinkInfo != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
LinkInfo->StartingOffset.QuadPart = (PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart - DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) * DiskEntry->BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
LinkInfo->PartitionLength.QuadPart = (PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) * DiskEntry->BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
HiddenSectors64.QuadPart = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart - DiskEntry->SectorAlignment - DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
LinkInfo->HiddenSectors = HiddenSectors64.LowPart;
|
|
|
|
LinkInfo->PartitionNumber = 0;
|
|
|
|
LinkInfo->PartitionType = PARTITION_EXTENDED;
|
|
|
|
LinkInfo->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
LinkInfo->RecognizedPartition = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
LinkInfo->RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Save a pointer to the link entry of the current partition entry */
|
|
|
|
LinkInfo = &DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[Index + 1];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartitionNumber++;
|
|
|
|
Index += 4;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = ListEntry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Wipe unused primary partition entries */
|
|
|
|
for (Index = GetPrimaryPartitionCount(DiskEntry); Index < 4; Index++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Primary partition entry %lu\n", Index);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo = &DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[Index];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!IsEmptyLayoutEntry(PartitionInfo))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Wiping primary partition entry %lu\n", Index);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->StartingOffset.QuadPart = 0;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionLength.QuadPart = 0;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->HiddenSectors = 0;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionNumber = 0;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionType = PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->RecognizedPartition = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Wipe unused logical partition entries */
|
|
|
|
for (Index = 4; Index < DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionCount; Index++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (Index % 4 >= 2)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Logical partition entry %lu\n", Index);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo = &DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[Index];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!IsEmptyLayoutEntry(PartitionInfo))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Wiping partition entry %lu\n", Index);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->StartingOffset.QuadPart = 0;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionLength.QuadPart = 0;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->HiddenSectors = 0;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionNumber = 0;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->PartitionType = PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->RecognizedPartition = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartitionInfo->RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DUMP_PARTITION_TABLE
|
|
|
|
DumpPartitionTable(DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY
|
|
|
|
GetPrevUnpartitionedEntry(
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry,
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTENTRY PartEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PrevPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY ListHead;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->LogicalPartition)
|
|
|
|
ListHead = &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
ListHead = &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->ListEntry.Blink != ListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PrevPartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartEntry->ListEntry.Blink,
|
|
|
|
PARTENTRY,
|
|
|
|
ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (PrevPartEntry->IsPartitioned == FALSE)
|
|
|
|
return PrevPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY
|
|
|
|
GetNextUnpartitionedEntry(
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry,
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTENTRY PartEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY NextPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY ListHead;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->LogicalPartition)
|
|
|
|
ListHead = &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
ListHead = &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->ListEntry.Flink != ListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NextPartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(PartEntry->ListEntry.Flink,
|
|
|
|
PARTENTRY,
|
|
|
|
ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (NextPartEntry->IsPartitioned == FALSE)
|
|
|
|
return NextPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
CreatePrimaryPartition(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONGLONG SectorCount,
|
|
|
|
IN BOOLEAN AutoCreate)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
ERROR_NUMBER Error;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY NewPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("CreatePrimaryPartition(%I64u)\n", SectorCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (List == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition == NULL ||
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition->IsPartitioned)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Error = PrimaryPartitionCreationChecks(List);
|
|
|
|
if (Error != NOT_AN_ERROR)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("PrimaryPartitionCreationChecks() failed with error %lu\n", Error);
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = List->CurrentDisk;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Current partition sector count: %I64u\n", PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((AutoCreate != FALSE) ||
|
|
|
|
(AlignDown(PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + SectorCount, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) - PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart == PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Convert existing partition entry\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Convert current entry to 'new (unformatted)' */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->IsPartitioned = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionType = PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->AutoCreate = AutoCreate;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->New = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("First Sector: %I64u\n", PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Last Sector: %I64u\n", PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Add new partition entry\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Insert and initialize a new partition entry */
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry == NULL)
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Insert the new entry into the list */
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&PartEntry->ListEntry,
|
|
|
|
&NewPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->IsPartitioned = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = AlignDown(NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + SectorCount, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) -
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->PartitionType = PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("First Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Last Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->New = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart -= (PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart - NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UpdateDiskLayout(DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Dirty = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AssignDriveLetters(List);
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
AddLogicalDiskSpace(
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY NewPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("AddLogicalDiskSpace()\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create a partition entry that represents the empty space in the container partition */
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->LogicalPartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->IsPartitioned = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition->StartSector.QuadPart + (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition->SectorCount.QuadPart - (ULONGLONG)DiskEntry->SectorAlignment;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("First Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Last Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead,
|
|
|
|
&NewPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
CreateExtendedPartition(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONGLONG SectorCount)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
ERROR_NUMBER Error;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY NewPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("CreateExtendedPartition(%I64u)\n", SectorCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (List == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition == NULL ||
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition->IsPartitioned)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Error = ExtendedPartitionCreationChecks(List);
|
|
|
|
if (Error != NOT_AN_ERROR)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("ExtendedPartitionCreationChecks() failed with error %lu\n", Error);
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = List->CurrentDisk;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Current partition sector count: %I64u\n", PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (AlignDown(PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + SectorCount, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) - PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart == PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Convert existing partition entry\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Convert current entry to 'new (unformatted)' */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->IsPartitioned = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FormatState = Formatted; // FIXME? Possibly to make GetNextUnformattedPartition work (i.e. skip the extended partition container)
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->AutoCreate = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->New = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart < 1450560)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Partition starts below the 8.4GB boundary ==> CHS partition */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionType = PARTITION_EXTENDED;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Partition starts above the 8.4GB boundary ==> LBA partition */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionType = PARTITION_XINT13_EXTENDED;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("First Sector: %I64u\n", PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Last Sector: %I64u\n", PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Add new partition entry\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Insert and initialize a new partition entry */
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry == NULL)
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Insert the new entry into the list */
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&PartEntry->ListEntry,
|
|
|
|
&NewPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->IsPartitioned = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = AlignDown(NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + SectorCount, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) -
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->New = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FormatState = Formatted; // FIXME? Possibly to make GetNextUnformattedPartition work (i.e. skip the extended partition container)
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart < 1450560)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Partition starts below the 8.4GB boundary ==> CHS partition */
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->PartitionType = PARTITION_EXTENDED;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Partition starts above the 8.4GB boundary ==> LBA partition */
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->PartitionType = PARTITION_XINT13_EXTENDED;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition = NewPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart -= (PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart - NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("First Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Last Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AddLogicalDiskSpace(DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UpdateDiskLayout(DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Dirty = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AssignDriveLetters(List);
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
CreateLogicalPartition(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN ULONGLONG SectorCount,
|
|
|
|
IN BOOLEAN AutoCreate)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
ERROR_NUMBER Error;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY NewPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("CreateLogicalPartition(%I64u)\n", SectorCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (List == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition == NULL ||
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition->IsPartitioned)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Error = LogicalPartitionCreationChecks(List);
|
|
|
|
if (Error != NOT_AN_ERROR)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("LogicalPartitionCreationChecks() failed with error %lu\n", Error);
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = List->CurrentDisk;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Current partition sector count: %I64u\n", PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((AutoCreate != FALSE) ||
|
|
|
|
(AlignDown(PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + SectorCount, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) - PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart == PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Convert existing partition entry\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Convert current entry to 'new (unformatted)' */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->IsPartitioned = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionType = PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->AutoCreate = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->New = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->LogicalPartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("First Sector: %I64u\n", PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Last Sector: %I64u\n", PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Add new partition entry\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Insert and initialize a new partition entry */
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry = RtlAllocateHeap(ProcessHeap,
|
|
|
|
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(PARTENTRY));
|
|
|
|
if (NewPartEntry == NULL)
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Insert the new entry into the list */
|
|
|
|
InsertTailList(&PartEntry->ListEntry,
|
|
|
|
&NewPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->DiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->IsPartitioned = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart = AlignDown(NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + SectorCount, DiskEntry->SectorAlignment) -
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->PartitionType = PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("First Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Last Sector: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart - 1);
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Total Sectors: %I64u\n", NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->New = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
NewPartEntry->LogicalPartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart + NewPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart -= (PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart - NewPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UpdateDiskLayout(DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Dirty = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AssignDriveLetters(List);
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-16 02:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
|
|
DismountVolume(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTENTRY PartEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS LockStatus;
|
|
|
|
UNICODE_STRING Name;
|
|
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes;
|
|
|
|
IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock;
|
|
|
|
HANDLE PartitionHandle;
|
|
|
|
WCHAR Buffer[MAX_PATH];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check whether the partition is valid and may have been mounted in the system */
|
|
|
|
if (!PartEntry->IsPartitioned ||
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionType == PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED ||
|
|
|
|
IsContainerPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType) ||
|
|
|
|
!IsRecognizedPartition(PartEntry->PartitionType) ||
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FormatState == Unformatted /* || PartEntry->FormatState == UnknownFormat */ ||
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FileSystem == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionNumber == 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* The partition is not mounted, so just return success */
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Open the volume */
|
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(Buffer, ARRAYSIZE(Buffer),
|
|
|
|
L"\\Device\\Harddisk%lu\\Partition%lu",
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->DiskEntry->DiskNumber,
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionNumber);
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&Name, Buffer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InitializeObjectAttributes(&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
|
|
&Name,
|
|
|
|
OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Status = NtOpenFile(&PartitionHandle,
|
|
|
|
GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE | SYNCHRONIZE,
|
|
|
|
&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
|
|
FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
|
|
|
|
FILE_SYNCHRONOUS_IO_NONALERT);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("ERROR: Cannot open volume %wZ for dismounting! (Status 0x%lx)\n", &Name, Status);
|
|
|
|
return Status;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Lock the volume */
|
|
|
|
LockStatus = NtFsControlFile(PartitionHandle,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
|
|
FSCTL_LOCK_VOLUME,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(LockStatus))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("WARNING: Failed to lock volume! Operations may fail! (Status 0x%lx)\n", LockStatus);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Dismount the volume */
|
|
|
|
Status = NtFsControlFile(PartitionHandle,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
|
|
FSCTL_DISMOUNT_VOLUME,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Failed to unmount volume (Status 0x%lx)\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Unlock the volume */
|
|
|
|
LockStatus = NtFsControlFile(PartitionHandle,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
|
|
FSCTL_UNLOCK_VOLUME,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(LockStatus))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Failed to unlock volume (Status 0x%lx)\n", LockStatus);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Close the volume */
|
|
|
|
NtClose(PartitionHandle);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Status;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
DeleteCurrentPartition(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PrevPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY NextPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY LogicalPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (List == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentDisk == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition == NULL ||
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition->IsPartitioned == FALSE)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Clear the system disk and partition pointers if the system partition is being deleted */
|
|
|
|
if (List->SystemPartition == List->CurrentPartition)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = List->CurrentDisk;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-16 02:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Check which type of partition (primary/logical or extended) is being deleted */
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition == PartEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-11-16 02:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/* An extended partition is being deleted: delete all logical partition entries */
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
while (!IsListEmpty(&DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Entry = RemoveHeadList(&DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead);
|
|
|
|
LogicalPartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-16 02:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Dismount the logical partition */
|
|
|
|
DismountVolume(LogicalPartEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Delete it */
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, LogicalPartEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2018-11-16 02:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* A primary partition is being deleted: dismount it */
|
|
|
|
DismountVolume(PartEntry);
|
|
|
|
}
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust unpartitioned disk space entries */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get pointer to previous and next unpartitioned entries */
|
|
|
|
PrevPartEntry = GetPrevUnpartitionedEntry(DiskEntry, PartEntry);
|
|
|
|
NextPartEntry = GetNextUnpartitionedEntry(DiskEntry, PartEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PrevPartEntry != NULL && NextPartEntry != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Merge previous, current and next unpartitioned entry */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust the previous entries length */
|
|
|
|
PrevPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart += (PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart + NextPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Remove the current entry */
|
|
|
|
RemoveEntryList(&PartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, PartEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Remove the next entry */
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RemoveEntryList(&NextPartEntry->ListEntry);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, NextPartEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update current partition */
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PrevPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (PrevPartEntry != NULL && NextPartEntry == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Merge current and previous unpartitioned entry */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust the previous entries length */
|
|
|
|
PrevPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart += PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Remove the current entry */
|
|
|
|
RemoveEntryList(&PartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, PartEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update current partition */
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = PrevPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (PrevPartEntry == NULL && NextPartEntry != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Merge current and next unpartitioned entry */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust the next entries offset and length */
|
|
|
|
NextPartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
NextPartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart += PartEntry->SectorCount.QuadPart;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Remove the current entry */
|
|
|
|
RemoveEntryList(&PartEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
RtlFreeHeap(ProcessHeap, 0, PartEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update current partition */
|
|
|
|
List->CurrentPartition = NextPartEntry;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Nothing to merge but change current entry */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->IsPartitioned = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionType = PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FormatState = Unformatted;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->FileSystem = NULL;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->DriveLetter = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UpdateDiskLayout(DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Dirty = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AssignDriveLetters(List);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
CheckActiveSystemPartition(
|
2017-05-17 23:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY ListEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PFILE_SYSTEM FileSystem;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for empty disk list */
|
|
|
|
if (IsListEmpty(&List->DiskListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
List->OriginalSystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Choose the currently selected disk */
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = List->CurrentDisk;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for empty partition list */
|
|
|
|
if (IsListEmpty(&DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
List->OriginalSystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (List->SystemPartition != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* We already have an active system partition */
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Use the current system partition %lu in disk %lu, drive letter %C\n",
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->PartitionNumber,
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->DiskNumber,
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
(List->SystemPartition->DriveLetter == 0) ? L'-' : List->SystemPartition->DriveLetter);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("We are here (1)!\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
List->OriginalSystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Retrieve the first partition of the disk */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink,
|
|
|
|
PARTENTRY,
|
|
|
|
ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(DiskEntry == PartEntry->DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// See: https://svn.reactos.org/svn/reactos/trunk/reactos/base/setup/usetup/partlist.c?r1=63355&r2=63354&pathrev=63355#l2318
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check if the disk is new and if so, use its first partition as the active system partition */
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->NewDisk)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->PartitionType == PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED || PartEntry->BootIndicator == FALSE)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(DiskEntry == PartEntry->DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->OriginalSystemPartition = List->SystemPartition;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Use new first active system partition %lu in disk %lu, drive letter %C\n",
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->PartitionNumber,
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->DiskNumber,
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
(List->SystemPartition->DriveLetter == 0) ? L'-' : List->SystemPartition->DriveLetter);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
goto SetSystemPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: What to do??
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("NewDisk TRUE but first partition is used?\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("We are here (2)!\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The disk is not new, check if any partition is initialized;
|
|
|
|
* if not, the first one becomes the system partition.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (ListEntry != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Retrieve the partition and go to the next one */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(ListEntry,
|
|
|
|
PARTENTRY,
|
|
|
|
ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check if the partition is partitioned and is used */
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->PartitionType != PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED || PartEntry->BootIndicator != FALSE)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Go to the next one */
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = ListEntry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ListEntry == &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* OK we haven't encountered any used and active partition,
|
|
|
|
* so use the first one as the system partition.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(DiskEntry == List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
List->OriginalSystemPartition = List->SystemPartition; // First PartEntry
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Use first active system partition %lu in disk %lu, drive letter %C\n",
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->PartitionNumber,
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->DiskNumber,
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
(List->SystemPartition->DriveLetter == 0) ? L'-' : List->SystemPartition->DriveLetter);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
goto SetSystemPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
List->OriginalSystemPartition = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("We are here (3)!\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The disk is not new, scan all partitions to find the (active) system partition */
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (ListEntry != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Retrieve the partition and go to the next one */
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(ListEntry,
|
|
|
|
PARTENTRY,
|
|
|
|
ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = ListEntry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check if the partition is partitioned and used */
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned &&
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionType != PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Check if the partition is active */
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->BootIndicator)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Yes, we found it */
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(DiskEntry == PartEntry->DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Found active system partition %lu in disk %lu, drive letter %C\n",
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionNumber,
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->DiskNumber,
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
(PartEntry->DriveLetter == 0) ? L'-' : PartEntry->DriveLetter);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check if we have found the system partition */
|
|
|
|
if (List->SystemPartition == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Nothing, use the alternative system partition */
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("No system partition found, use the alternative partition!\n");
|
|
|
|
goto UseAlternativeSystemPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Save it */
|
|
|
|
List->OriginalSystemPartition = List->SystemPartition;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* ADDITIONAL CHECKS / BIG HACK:
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Retrieve its file system and check whether we have
|
|
|
|
* write support for it. If that is the case we are fine
|
|
|
|
* and we can use it directly. However if we don't have
|
|
|
|
* write support we will need to change the active system
|
|
|
|
* partition.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* NOTE that this is completely useless on architectures
|
|
|
|
* where a real system partition is required, as on these
|
|
|
|
* architectures the partition uses the FAT FS, for which
|
|
|
|
* we do have write support.
|
|
|
|
* NOTE also that for those architectures looking for a
|
|
|
|
* partition boot indicator is insufficient.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2017-05-17 23:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
FileSystem = GetFileSystem(List->OriginalSystemPartition);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (FileSystem == NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("System partition %lu in disk %lu with no FS?!\n",
|
|
|
|
List->OriginalSystemPartition->PartitionNumber,
|
|
|
|
List->OriginalSystemPartition->DiskEntry->DiskNumber);
|
|
|
|
goto FindAndUseAlternativeSystemPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// HACK: WARNING: We cannot write on this FS yet!
|
2017-05-17 23:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
// See fsutil.c:GetFileSystem()
|
2018-10-28 12:28:56 +00:00
|
|
|
if (List->OriginalSystemPartition->PartitionType == PARTITION_IFS)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Recognized file system %S that doesn't support write support yet!\n",
|
|
|
|
FileSystem->FileSystemName);
|
|
|
|
goto FindAndUseAlternativeSystemPartition;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Use existing active system partition %lu in disk %lu, drive letter %C\n",
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->PartitionNumber,
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->DiskNumber,
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
(List->SystemPartition->DriveLetter == 0) ? L'-' : List->SystemPartition->DriveLetter);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FindAndUseAlternativeSystemPartition:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We are here because we have not found any (active) candidate
|
|
|
|
* system partition that we know how to support. What we are going
|
|
|
|
* to do is to change the existing system partition and use the
|
|
|
|
* partition on which we install ReactOS as the new system partition,
|
|
|
|
* and then we will need to add in FreeLdr's entry a boot entry to boot
|
|
|
|
* from the original system partition.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Unset the old system partition */
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[List->SystemPartition->PartitionIndex].BootIndicator = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[List->SystemPartition->PartitionIndex].RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->Dirty = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UseAlternativeSystemPartition:
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition = List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
DPRINT1("Use alternative active system partition %lu in disk %lu, drive letter %C\n",
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->PartitionNumber,
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->DiskNumber,
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
(List->SystemPartition->DriveLetter == 0) ? L'-' : List->SystemPartition->DriveLetter);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SetSystemPartition:
|
|
|
|
/* Set the new active system partition */
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->BootIndicator = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[List->SystemPartition->PartitionIndex].BootIndicator = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[List->SystemPartition->PartitionIndex].RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
List->SystemPartition->DiskEntry->Dirty = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
|
|
WritePartitions(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
IN PDISKENTRY DiskEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
WCHAR DstPath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes;
|
|
|
|
IO_STATUS_BLOCK Iosb;
|
|
|
|
UNICODE_STRING Name;
|
|
|
|
ULONG BufferSize;
|
|
|
|
HANDLE FileHandle = NULL;
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DPRINT("WritePartitions() Disk: %lu\n", DiskEntry->DiskNumber);
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(DstPath, ARRAYSIZE(DstPath),
|
|
|
|
L"\\Device\\Harddisk%lu\\Partition0",
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->DiskNumber);
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&Name, DstPath);
|
2017-12-23 19:17:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
InitializeObjectAttributes(&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
|
|
&Name,
|
2017-12-23 19:17:38 +00:00
|
|
|
OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE,
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Status = NtOpenFile(&FileHandle,
|
|
|
|
GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE | SYNCHRONIZE,
|
|
|
|
&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
|
|
&Iosb,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
|
|
|
FILE_SYNCHRONOUS_IO_NONALERT);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("NtOpenFile() failed (Status %lx)\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
return Status;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DUMP_PARTITION_TABLE
|
|
|
|
DumpPartitionTable(DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: We first *MUST* use IOCTL_DISK_CREATE_DISK to initialize
|
|
|
|
// the disk in MBR or GPT format in case the disk was not initialized!!
|
|
|
|
// For this we must ask the user which format to use.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
BufferSize = sizeof(DRIVE_LAYOUT_INFORMATION) +
|
|
|
|
((DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionCount - 1) * sizeof(PARTITION_INFORMATION));
|
|
|
|
Status = NtDeviceIoControlFile(FileHandle,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
&Iosb,
|
|
|
|
IOCTL_DISK_SET_DRIVE_LAYOUT,
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer,
|
|
|
|
BufferSize,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("IOCTL_DISK_SET_DRIVE_LAYOUT failed (Status 0x%08lx)\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (FileHandle != NULL)
|
|
|
|
NtClose(FileHandle);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: Originally (see r40437), we used to install here also a new MBR
|
|
|
|
// for this disk (by calling InstallMbrBootCodeToDisk), only if:
|
|
|
|
// DiskEntry->NewDisk == TRUE and DiskEntry->BiosDiskNumber == 0.
|
|
|
|
// Then after that, both DiskEntry->NewDisk and DiskEntry->NoMbr were set
|
|
|
|
// to FALSE. In the other place (in usetup.c) where InstallMbrBootCodeToDisk
|
|
|
|
// was called too, the installation test was modified by checking whether
|
|
|
|
// DiskEntry->NoMbr was TRUE (instead of NewDisk).
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Status;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
|
|
WritePartitionsToDisk(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry;
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (List == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry, DISKENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->Dirty != FALSE)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
WritePartitions(List, DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Dirty = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry = Entry->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
|
|
SetMountedDeviceValue(
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
IN WCHAR Letter,
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
IN ULONG Signature,
|
|
|
|
IN LARGE_INTEGER StartingOffset)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes;
|
|
|
|
WCHAR ValueNameBuffer[16];
|
|
|
|
UNICODE_STRING KeyName = RTL_CONSTANT_STRING(L"\\Registry\\Machine\\SYSTEM\\MountedDevices");
|
|
|
|
UNICODE_STRING ValueName;
|
|
|
|
REG_DISK_MOUNT_INFO MountInfo;
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
|
|
HANDLE KeyHandle;
|
|
|
|
|
2017-05-31 01:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlStringCchPrintfW(ValueNameBuffer, ARRAYSIZE(ValueNameBuffer),
|
2018-01-28 22:24:06 +00:00
|
|
|
L"\\DosDevices\\%c:", Letter);
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&ValueName, ValueNameBuffer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InitializeObjectAttributes(&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
|
|
&KeyName,
|
|
|
|
OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
2017-12-23 19:17:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Status = NtOpenKey(&KeyHandle,
|
|
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
|
|
&ObjectAttributes);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
Status = NtCreateKey(&KeyHandle,
|
|
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
|
|
&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
|
|
|
NULL,
|
|
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("NtCreateKey() failed (Status %lx)\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MountInfo.Signature = Signature;
|
|
|
|
MountInfo.StartingOffset = StartingOffset;
|
|
|
|
Status = NtSetValueKey(KeyHandle,
|
|
|
|
&ValueName,
|
|
|
|
0,
|
|
|
|
REG_BINARY,
|
|
|
|
(PVOID)&MountInfo,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(MountInfo));
|
|
|
|
NtClose(KeyHandle);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DPRINT1("NtSetValueKey() failed (Status %lx)\n", Status);
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
|
|
SetMountedDeviceValues(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry1, Entry2;
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
LARGE_INTEGER StartingOffset;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (List == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry1 = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry1 != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry1,
|
|
|
|
DISKENTRY,
|
|
|
|
ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry2 != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry2, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Assign a "\DosDevices\#:" mount point to this partition */
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->DriveLetter)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
StartingOffset.QuadPart = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart * DiskEntry->BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
if (!SetMountedDeviceValue(PartEntry->DriveLetter,
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->Signature,
|
|
|
|
StartingOffset))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = Entry2->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry2 != &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry2, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/* Assign a "\DosDevices\#:" mount point to this partition */
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->DriveLetter)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
StartingOffset.QuadPart = PartEntry->StartSector.QuadPart * DiskEntry->BytesPerSector;
|
|
|
|
if (!SetMountedDeviceValue(PartEntry->DriveLetter,
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->Signature,
|
|
|
|
StartingOffset))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = Entry2->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry1 = Entry1->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
|
|
SetPartitionType(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTENTRY PartEntry,
|
|
|
|
IN UCHAR PartitionType)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry = PartEntry->DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PartEntry->PartitionType = PartitionType;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->Dirty = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[PartEntry->PartitionIndex].PartitionType = PartitionType;
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry->LayoutBuffer->PartitionEntry[PartEntry->PartitionIndex].RewritePartition = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERROR_NUMBER
|
|
|
|
PrimaryPartitionCreationChecks(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = List->CurrentDisk;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fail if the partition is already in use */
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
return ERROR_NEW_PARTITION;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fail if there are already 4 primary partitions in the list */
|
|
|
|
if (GetPrimaryPartitionCount(DiskEntry) >= 4)
|
|
|
|
return ERROR_PARTITION_TABLE_FULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ERROR_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERROR_NUMBER
|
|
|
|
ExtendedPartitionCreationChecks(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = List->CurrentDisk;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fail if the partition is already in use */
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
return ERROR_NEW_PARTITION;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fail if there are already 4 primary partitions in the list */
|
|
|
|
if (GetPrimaryPartitionCount(DiskEntry) >= 4)
|
|
|
|
return ERROR_PARTITION_TABLE_FULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fail if there is another extended partition in the list */
|
|
|
|
if (DiskEntry->ExtendedPartition != NULL)
|
|
|
|
return ERROR_ONLY_ONE_EXTENDED;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ERROR_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERROR_NUMBER
|
|
|
|
LogicalPartitionCreationChecks(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
// PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// DiskEntry = List->CurrentDisk;
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = List->CurrentPartition;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fail if the partition is already in use */
|
2018-11-18 18:07:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned)
|
[SETUPLIB][USETUP] Introduce a 'SetupLib' library. CORE-13544
- Create the beginnings of a "setuplib" library, whose aim is to be shared between the (currently existing) 1st-stage text-mode installer, and the (future) 1st-stage GUI installer.
- Finish to split the GenList and PartList codes into their UI part, which remain in usetup, and their algorithmic part, which go into setuplib.
- Move SetMountedDeviceValue into the PartList module.
- Split the FileSystem list code into its UI and the algorithmic part (which goes into setuplib under the name fsutil.c).
* The algo part is meant to be able to manage the filesystems available on the running system, similarly to what is mostly done (in scattered form) in fmifs, format, chkdsk / autochk codes...
It also manages the partition filesystem recognition, using OS routines.
* The UI part manages the FS list as it appears on screen, showing only the possible FSes that can be used to format the selected partition (a bit similar to what we do in the shell32's drive.c, etc...).
- Adapt the calling code to these changes.
- Remove some "host" code that was dating back from the dark old times.
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74570
svn path=/branches/setup_improvements/; revision=74659
2017-05-17 23:37:41 +00:00
|
|
|
return ERROR_NEW_PARTITION;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ERROR_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
|
|
GetNextUnformattedPartition(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
OUT PDISKENTRY *pDiskEntry OPTIONAL,
|
|
|
|
OUT PPARTENTRY *pPartEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry1, Entry2;
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry1 = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry1 != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry1,
|
|
|
|
DISKENTRY,
|
|
|
|
ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry2 != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry2, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned && PartEntry->New)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(DiskEntry == PartEntry->DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (pDiskEntry) *pDiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
*pPartEntry = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = Entry2->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry2 != &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry2, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->IsPartitioned && PartEntry->New)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(DiskEntry == PartEntry->DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (pDiskEntry) *pDiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
*pPartEntry = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = Entry2->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry1 = Entry1->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pDiskEntry) *pDiskEntry = NULL;
|
|
|
|
*pPartEntry = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
|
|
GetNextUncheckedPartition(
|
|
|
|
IN PPARTLIST List,
|
|
|
|
OUT PDISKENTRY *pDiskEntry OPTIONAL,
|
|
|
|
OUT PPARTENTRY *pPartEntry)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY Entry1, Entry2;
|
|
|
|
PDISKENTRY DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
PPARTENTRY PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry1 = List->DiskListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry1 != &List->DiskListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
DiskEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry1,
|
|
|
|
DISKENTRY,
|
|
|
|
ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry2 != &DiskEntry->PrimaryPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry2, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->NeedsCheck == TRUE)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(DiskEntry == PartEntry->DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (pDiskEntry) *pDiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
*pPartEntry = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = Entry2->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead.Flink;
|
|
|
|
while (Entry2 != &DiskEntry->LogicalPartListHead)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
PartEntry = CONTAINING_RECORD(Entry2, PARTENTRY, ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (PartEntry->NeedsCheck == TRUE)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(DiskEntry == PartEntry->DiskEntry);
|
|
|
|
if (pDiskEntry) *pDiskEntry = DiskEntry;
|
|
|
|
*pPartEntry = PartEntry;
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry2 = Entry2->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry1 = Entry1->Flink;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pDiskEntry) *pDiskEntry = NULL;
|
|
|
|
*pPartEntry = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* EOF */
|